1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
90 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
93 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
94 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
95 enum bptype type_wanted
);
97 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
98 struct linespec_result
*,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
100 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
102 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
104 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
105 int, int, int, unsigned);
107 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
108 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
109 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
111 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
112 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
114 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
116 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
119 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
120 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
122 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
124 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
125 struct symtab_and_line
,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct breakpoint
*
130 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
135 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
137 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
141 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
142 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
143 struct obj_section
*, int);
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
146 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
148 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
149 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
150 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
152 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
153 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
156 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
157 const address_space
*,
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
);
165 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
169 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
171 int *other_type_used
);
173 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
176 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
178 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
180 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
181 insert locations now. */
182 enum ugll_insert_mode
184 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
185 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
186 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
187 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
188 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
189 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
190 returns true on them.
192 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
193 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
194 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
195 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
196 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
197 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
201 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
202 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
205 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
206 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
207 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
208 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
209 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
210 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
211 as no thread is running yet. */
215 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
217 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
219 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
221 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
223 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
225 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
227 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
230 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
233 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
234 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
235 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
237 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
238 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
240 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
241 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
245 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
247 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
254 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
257 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
258 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
259 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
260 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
261 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
263 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
264 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
265 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
266 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
272 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
274 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
275 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
276 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
277 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
279 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
281 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
282 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
283 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
284 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
285 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
286 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
287 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
289 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
291 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
293 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
295 struct command_line
*
296 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
298 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
301 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
302 current breakpoint. */
304 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
307 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
309 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
310 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
312 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
314 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
317 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
318 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
319 if such is available. */
320 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
323 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
324 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
328 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
329 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
334 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
335 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
337 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
339 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
340 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
344 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
345 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
350 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
351 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
352 use hardware breakpoints. */
353 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
355 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
356 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
360 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
365 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
366 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
367 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
368 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
369 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
370 processing user input. */
371 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
374 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
375 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
377 gdb_printf (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
381 /* See breakpoint.h. */
384 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
386 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
388 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
389 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
390 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 if (always_inserted_mode
)
397 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
402 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
403 if (inf
->has_execution ()
404 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
410 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
416 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
418 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
419 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
420 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
422 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
423 condition_evaluation_auto
,
424 condition_evaluation_host
,
425 condition_evaluation_target
,
429 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
433 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
437 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
438 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
442 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
444 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
446 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
447 return condition_evaluation_target
;
449 return condition_evaluation_host
;
455 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
460 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
463 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
467 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
469 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
471 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
494 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
501 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
504 /* See breakpoint.h. */
506 breakpoint_safe_range
507 all_breakpoints_safe ()
509 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
512 /* See breakpoint.h. */
517 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
520 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
522 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
526 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
532 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
534 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
536 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
538 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
542 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
543 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
545 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
546 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
549 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
552 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
553 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
556 iterator
begin () const
559 iterator
end () const
567 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
570 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
571 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
573 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
575 for (bp_location *loc : range)
578 for (bp_location *loc : range)
581 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
582 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
583 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
585 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
586 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
588 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
591 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
592 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
593 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
594 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
595 an address you need to read. */
597 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
599 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
600 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
601 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
602 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
603 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
605 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
607 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
608 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
609 reported by a target. */
610 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
612 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
614 static int breakpoint_count
;
616 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
617 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
618 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
619 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
620 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
624 static int tracepoint_count
;
626 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
627 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
628 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
630 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
632 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
634 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
637 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
640 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
642 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
643 breakpoint_count
= num
;
644 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
647 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
648 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
649 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
651 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
654 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
656 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
659 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
662 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
664 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
667 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
670 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
672 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
677 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
678 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
681 get_breakpoint (int num
)
683 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
684 if (b
->number
== num
)
692 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
693 evaluating conditions on its side. */
696 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
698 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
699 evaluating conditions and if the user has
700 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
702 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
703 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
706 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
709 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
710 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
713 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
714 evaluating conditions on its side. */
717 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
719 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
720 evaluating conditions and if the user has
721 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
723 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
724 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
728 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
731 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
734 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
735 condition_evaluation_mode. */
738 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
739 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
741 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
743 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
744 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
746 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
747 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
748 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
752 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
753 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
755 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
756 settings was "auto". */
757 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
759 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
760 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
762 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
763 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
765 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
766 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
769 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
771 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
773 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
774 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
778 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
779 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
780 target knows about. */
781 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
782 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
783 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
793 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
794 what "auto" is translating to. */
797 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
798 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
800 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
802 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
803 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
805 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
807 gdb_printf (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
811 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
812 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
813 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
814 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
817 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
818 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
820 bool has_junk
= false;
823 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
824 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
825 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
829 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
830 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
831 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
832 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
835 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
838 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
842 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
843 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
844 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
847 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
848 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
850 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
851 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
854 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
858 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
862 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
863 int from_tty
, bool force
)
867 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
869 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
870 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
874 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
877 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
878 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
879 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
881 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
884 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
885 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
886 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
891 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
895 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
897 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
898 const char *arg
= exp
;
899 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
902 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
903 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
904 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
908 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
909 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
910 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
911 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
912 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
913 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
914 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
915 state of locations in case of a reject. */
916 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
920 const char *arg
= exp
;
921 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
922 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
924 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
927 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
929 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
930 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
932 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
937 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
939 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
941 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
946 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
947 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
948 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
949 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
951 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
953 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
956 /* See breakpoint.h. */
959 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
962 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
963 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
965 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
966 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
967 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
968 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
969 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
973 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
974 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
975 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
977 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
979 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
980 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
985 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
988 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
990 struct condition_command_opts
993 bool force_condition
= false;
996 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
998 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1000 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1001 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1006 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1007 CC_OPTS as context. */
1009 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1010 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1012 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1015 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1018 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1019 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1020 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1022 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1023 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1024 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1025 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1026 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1029 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1030 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1037 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1038 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1039 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1040 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1044 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1045 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1046 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1047 positionally the first argument. */
1048 if (has_no_arguments
)
1049 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1051 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1052 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1058 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1060 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1061 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1067 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1068 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1069 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1071 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1072 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1075 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1078 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1084 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1088 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1089 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1090 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1091 gdb::option::process_options
1092 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1094 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1096 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1098 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1101 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1102 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1103 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1108 struct command_line
*c
;
1110 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1112 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1114 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1117 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1119 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1120 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1121 command directly. */
1122 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1123 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1125 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1126 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1130 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1132 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1135 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1138 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1140 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1141 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1142 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1146 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1148 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1151 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1154 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1156 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1159 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1162 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1163 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1167 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1168 b
= new tracepoint ();
1169 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1170 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1172 b
= new breakpoint ();
1174 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1177 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1178 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1182 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1183 struct command_line
*commands
)
1185 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1187 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1188 struct command_line
*c
;
1189 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1191 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1192 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1196 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1197 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1198 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1199 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1200 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1201 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1202 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1203 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1204 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1205 tracepoint's context. */
1206 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1208 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1210 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1211 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1212 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1213 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1218 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1219 "can be used only once"));
1224 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1228 struct command_line
*c2
;
1230 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1231 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1232 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1234 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1235 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1241 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1245 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1246 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1248 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1249 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1251 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1253 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1254 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1256 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1257 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1258 found
.push_back (b
);
1264 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1265 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1268 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1269 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1273 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1274 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1277 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1278 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1282 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1284 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1287 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1288 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1291 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1292 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1295 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1297 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1300 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1301 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1304 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any task. */
1308 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1310 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1313 if (old_task
!= task
)
1314 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1318 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1319 struct command_line
*control
)
1321 counted_command_line cmd
;
1322 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1323 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1324 list of command by just typing "end". */
1325 bool cmd_read
= false;
1327 std::string new_arg
;
1329 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1331 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1332 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1333 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1335 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1336 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1340 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1341 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1342 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1343 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1344 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1347 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1349 map_breakpoint_numbers
1350 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1354 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1355 if (control
!= NULL
)
1356 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1360 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1361 "%s, one per line."),
1364 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1366 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1368 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1369 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1370 validator
= do_validate
;
1372 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1377 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1379 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1381 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1383 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1389 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1391 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1399 enum command_control_type
1400 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1402 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1403 return simple_control
;
1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1411 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1415 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1422 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1427 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1430 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1431 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1432 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1433 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1436 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1441 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1442 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1444 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1448 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1450 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1451 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1453 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1455 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1460 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1462 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1467 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1468 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1470 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1471 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1472 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1476 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1478 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1479 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1482 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1484 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1485 shadow_contents buffer. */
1486 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1487 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1488 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1490 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1492 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1493 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1497 const unsigned char *bp
;
1498 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1501 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1502 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1503 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1505 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1507 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1509 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1510 breakpoint's INSN. */
1511 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1515 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1516 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1518 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1519 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1520 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1522 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1523 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1525 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1526 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1527 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1528 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1529 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1531 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1534 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1535 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1536 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1538 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1540 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1542 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1543 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1544 report higher one. */
1547 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1548 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1550 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1552 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1553 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1555 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1556 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1557 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1558 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1560 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1561 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1562 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1564 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1566 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1574 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1575 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1576 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1577 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1580 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1582 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1583 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1584 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1587 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1590 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1592 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1594 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1596 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1597 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1598 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1601 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1604 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1607 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1618 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1621 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1623 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1624 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1625 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1628 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1631 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1633 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1634 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1635 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1638 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1641 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1643 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1644 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1647 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1648 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1649 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1650 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1651 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1652 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1653 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1654 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1657 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1659 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1660 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1661 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1662 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1665 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1666 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1669 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1671 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1673 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1674 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1675 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1676 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1677 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1679 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1682 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1685 static struct value
*
1686 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1688 struct value
*bit_val
;
1693 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1695 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1698 value_contents_for_printing (val
).data (),
1705 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1706 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1707 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1708 to be able to report stops. */
1711 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1712 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1714 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1716 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1717 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1718 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1719 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1722 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1723 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1726 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1728 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1730 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1731 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1732 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1735 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1736 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1737 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1738 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1740 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1742 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1743 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1746 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1747 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1748 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1749 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1750 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1751 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1752 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1753 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1755 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1756 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1757 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1758 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1759 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1760 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1761 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1762 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1765 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1766 hardware watchpoints:
1768 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1769 called several times when GDB stops.
1772 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1773 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1774 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1775 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1776 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1777 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1778 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1779 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1780 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1781 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1782 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1784 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1785 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1788 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1790 int within_current_scope
;
1791 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1794 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1795 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1796 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1797 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1800 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1805 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1806 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1807 within_current_scope
= 1;
1810 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1811 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1812 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1814 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1815 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1816 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1817 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1818 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1821 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1822 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1823 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1824 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1827 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1830 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1831 if (within_current_scope
)
1835 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1836 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1837 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1840 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1845 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1846 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1847 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1848 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1849 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1850 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1851 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1852 be completely different objects. */
1854 b
->val_valid
= false;
1856 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1857 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1858 locations (re)created below. */
1859 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1861 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1863 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
1864 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1868 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1869 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1870 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1871 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1872 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1873 if (!target_has_execution ())
1875 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1876 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1877 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1878 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1880 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1881 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1883 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1884 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1887 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1889 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1890 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1891 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1893 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
1896 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1897 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1898 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1899 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1900 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1902 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1904 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1905 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1906 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1907 b
->val_valid
= true;
1910 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1912 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1913 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1914 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1918 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1919 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1920 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1921 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1922 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1923 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1924 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1926 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1928 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1929 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1930 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1932 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1933 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1936 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1938 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1940 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1942 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1944 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1945 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1947 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1949 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1950 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1951 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1952 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1953 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1956 addr
= value_address (v
);
1959 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1964 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1966 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1969 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1970 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1973 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1975 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1976 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1980 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1981 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1984 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1986 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1991 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1992 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1993 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1998 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2000 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2004 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2007 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2008 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2009 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2011 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2012 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2013 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2014 this watchpoint in as well. */
2016 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2017 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2018 hardware watchpoint type. */
2020 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2021 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2023 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2024 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2025 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2026 through watch_command), so always account for it
2029 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2030 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2032 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2033 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2036 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2037 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2039 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2041 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2042 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2043 "hardware watchpoint."));
2044 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2045 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2046 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2048 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2049 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2053 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2054 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2055 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2060 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2062 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2063 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2064 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2066 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2067 "read/access watchpoint."));
2070 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2072 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2073 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2074 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2075 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2078 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2079 above left it without any location set up. But,
2080 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2081 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2082 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2083 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2085 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2088 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2089 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2091 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2094 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2096 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2100 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2101 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2102 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2103 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2104 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2106 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2108 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2111 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2114 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2115 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2118 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2121 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2122 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2123 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2124 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2125 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2126 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2127 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2128 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2129 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2132 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2133 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2134 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2136 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2137 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2138 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2140 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2141 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2142 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2143 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2144 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2145 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2146 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2147 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2148 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2150 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2151 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2155 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2156 instruction that triggered one. */
2157 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2158 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2160 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2161 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2162 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2169 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2170 that the location is not duplicated. */
2173 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2176 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2179 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2180 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2184 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2185 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2186 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2187 any error during parsing. */
2189 static agent_expr_up
2190 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2195 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2197 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2198 that may show up. */
2201 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2204 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2206 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2207 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2208 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2211 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2215 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2216 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2217 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2218 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2219 one of them is true. */
2222 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2224 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2225 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2227 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2228 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2230 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2231 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2232 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2234 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2235 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2238 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2240 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2241 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2242 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2243 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2244 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2245 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2246 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2247 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2249 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2251 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2255 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2256 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2257 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2258 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2259 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2263 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2264 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2265 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2267 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2273 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2274 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2275 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2277 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2278 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2279 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2281 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2283 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2285 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2287 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2290 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2295 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2296 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2297 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2298 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2299 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2301 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2303 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2304 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2305 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2307 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2309 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2310 to send the conditions to the target. */
2311 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2317 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2318 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2319 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2321 static agent_expr_up
2322 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2324 const char *cmdrest
;
2325 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2333 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2335 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2337 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2338 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2340 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2342 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2344 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2346 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2347 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2349 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2351 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2352 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2354 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2356 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2358 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2360 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2361 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2366 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2367 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2369 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2373 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2375 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2376 that may show up. */
2379 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2380 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2381 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2383 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2385 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2386 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2387 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2390 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2394 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2395 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2396 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2399 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2401 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2402 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2404 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2407 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2410 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2411 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2414 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2416 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2417 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2418 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2420 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2421 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2422 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2423 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2426 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2427 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2428 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2429 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2430 response back to GDB. */
2431 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2433 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2437 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2438 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2439 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2440 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2442 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2443 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2446 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2447 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2448 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2450 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2456 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2458 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2460 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2461 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2462 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2464 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2466 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2469 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2473 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2474 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2475 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2476 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2477 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2478 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2479 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2480 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2481 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2482 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2483 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2484 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2485 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2486 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2488 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2490 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2491 to send the commands to the target. */
2492 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2495 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2496 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2497 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2498 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2501 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2502 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2503 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2507 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2509 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2511 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2512 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2514 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2516 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2520 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2523 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2524 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2525 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2526 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2529 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2530 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2532 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2533 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2534 int *disabled_breaks
,
2535 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2536 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2538 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2540 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2543 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2544 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2545 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2546 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2547 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2548 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2549 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2550 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2551 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2552 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2553 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2554 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2556 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2557 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2558 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2559 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2561 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2563 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2564 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2565 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2566 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2569 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2570 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2571 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2572 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2573 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2574 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2575 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2577 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2579 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2581 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2583 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2584 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2586 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2591 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2592 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2594 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2595 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2596 || bl
->section
== NULL
2597 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2599 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2608 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2610 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2615 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2616 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2617 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2619 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2620 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2621 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2623 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2627 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2629 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2630 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2631 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2633 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2638 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2639 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2640 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2641 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2642 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2645 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2647 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2649 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2652 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2653 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2655 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2659 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2660 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2662 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2667 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2669 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2671 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2673 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2678 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2679 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2684 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2686 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2688 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any
2689 breakpoints inserted within the target inferior, as a result
2690 any further attempts to interact with the breakpoint objects
2691 is not possible. Just rethrow the error. */
2692 if (bp_excpt
.error
== TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2694 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2696 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2697 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2698 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2699 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2700 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2701 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2702 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2703 errors as memory errors. */
2704 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2705 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2706 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2707 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2708 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2709 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2712 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2713 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2714 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2715 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2717 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2720 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2721 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2722 "library breakpoints:\n");
2724 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2725 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2726 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2731 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2733 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2734 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2735 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2736 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2738 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2739 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2740 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2745 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2748 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2749 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2751 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2752 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2754 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2758 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2759 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2774 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2775 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2776 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2777 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2781 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2782 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2784 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2786 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2787 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2788 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2790 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2791 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2793 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2795 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2796 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2800 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2801 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2808 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2809 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2812 /* Back to the original value. */
2813 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2817 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2820 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2824 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2825 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2827 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2830 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2834 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2835 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2837 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2840 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2842 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2843 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2844 so just return success. */
2851 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2852 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2856 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2858 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2859 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2860 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2861 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2863 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2864 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2865 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2867 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2869 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2871 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2872 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2873 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2875 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2876 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2878 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2884 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2885 removed locations above. */
2886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2889 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2890 Throws exception on any error.
2891 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2892 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2894 insert_breakpoints (void)
2896 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
2897 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2901 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2904 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2905 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2906 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2907 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2908 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2909 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2911 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2914 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2915 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2916 always-inserted mode. */
2919 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2923 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2924 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2925 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2927 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2929 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2930 there was an error. */
2931 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2933 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2935 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2937 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2939 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2942 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2943 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2944 deletion of breakpoints. */
2945 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2948 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2950 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2951 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2952 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2953 insert breakpoints. */
2954 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2955 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
2958 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2959 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2966 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2967 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2971 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2974 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2978 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2979 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2980 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2982 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2984 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2985 there was an error. */
2986 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2988 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2990 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2992 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2995 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2996 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2997 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2998 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2999 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3002 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3004 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3005 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3006 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3007 insert breakpoints. */
3008 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3009 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3012 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3013 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3018 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3019 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3020 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3022 int some_failed
= 0;
3024 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3030 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3033 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3034 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3042 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3044 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3046 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3047 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3048 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3056 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3057 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3058 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3060 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3061 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3063 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3064 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3068 /* Used when the program stops.
3069 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3070 removing a breakpoint location. */
3073 remove_breakpoints (void)
3077 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3078 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3079 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3084 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3088 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3090 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3092 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3094 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3097 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3098 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3100 /* Hide it from the user. */
3106 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3109 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3113 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3115 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3118 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3120 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3127 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3129 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3130 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3131 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3132 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3133 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3134 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3136 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3139 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3142 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3143 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3147 static struct breakpoint
*
3148 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3149 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3152 symtab_and_line sal
;
3154 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3155 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3157 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3158 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3159 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3164 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3166 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3168 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3170 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3171 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3173 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3174 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3176 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3177 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3179 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3180 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3182 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3184 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3186 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3187 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3189 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3190 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3192 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3193 int exception_searched
= 0;
3195 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3197 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3200 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3201 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3203 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3204 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3206 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3209 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3211 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3214 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3215 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3217 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3218 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3222 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3224 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3225 return bp_objfile_data
;
3229 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3231 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3233 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3236 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3238 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3240 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3242 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3245 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3247 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3249 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3250 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3252 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3253 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3256 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3259 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3260 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3262 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3263 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3264 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3265 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3267 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3269 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3270 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3274 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3275 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3280 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3281 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3284 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3286 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3288 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3292 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3293 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3300 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3303 because it does not know how to evaluate
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3315 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3319 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3320 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3322 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3323 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3330 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3331 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3334 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3337 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3341 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3342 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3344 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3346 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3347 const char *func_name
;
3349 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3354 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3355 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3357 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3359 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3360 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3366 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3369 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3370 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3371 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3372 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3373 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3374 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3375 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 return installed_bp
> 0;
3382 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3385 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3387 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3389 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3391 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3393 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3395 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3396 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3399 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3400 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3403 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3405 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3406 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3412 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3414 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3418 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3420 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3424 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3426 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3428 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3429 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3430 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3432 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3434 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3437 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3439 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3441 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3442 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3443 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3445 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3446 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3449 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3452 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3453 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3454 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3455 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3456 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3457 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3458 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3459 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3464 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3465 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3468 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3472 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3474 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3476 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3477 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3479 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3480 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3484 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3487 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3489 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3490 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3494 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3495 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3498 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3501 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3503 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3505 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3506 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3507 bp_exception_master
,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3509 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3510 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3516 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3517 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3520 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3522 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3524 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3525 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3527 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3529 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3531 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3534 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3536 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3538 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3540 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3541 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3543 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3547 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3550 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3551 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3552 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3553 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3554 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3555 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3556 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3557 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3558 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3566 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3568 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3570 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3571 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3574 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3575 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3578 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3579 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3580 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3581 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3586 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3589 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3591 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3595 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3597 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3598 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3599 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3600 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3601 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3602 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3603 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3604 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3605 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3606 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3607 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3609 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3611 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3614 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3615 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3617 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3621 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3622 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3624 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3628 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3629 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3630 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3631 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3632 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3639 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3641 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3645 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3646 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3654 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3655 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3656 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3658 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3662 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3664 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3665 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3666 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3667 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3671 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3672 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3673 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3674 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3675 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3676 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3678 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3679 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3680 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3681 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3682 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3683 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3684 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3686 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3687 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3688 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3689 let finish_command delete it.
3691 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3692 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3693 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3694 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3695 solib breakpoints.) */
3697 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3702 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3703 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3705 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3707 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3714 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3717 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3718 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3720 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3721 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3723 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3724 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3725 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3727 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3730 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3731 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3732 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3733 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3734 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3735 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3736 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3740 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3746 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3747 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3748 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3749 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3750 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3757 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3760 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3761 This should not ever happen. */
3762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3764 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3765 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3767 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3768 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3769 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3771 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3772 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3773 || bl
->section
== NULL
3774 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3776 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3778 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3779 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3780 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3781 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3782 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3783 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3784 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3785 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3786 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3787 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3788 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3789 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3790 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3791 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3792 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3793 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3794 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3795 they should always be removed. */
3796 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3797 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3798 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3801 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3805 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3806 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3807 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3809 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3810 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3812 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3813 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3814 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3815 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3816 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3818 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3819 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3822 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3823 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3826 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3827 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3828 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3829 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3831 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3832 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3833 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3834 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3835 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3836 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3842 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3847 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3848 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3849 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3850 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3851 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3852 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3853 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3854 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3855 always-inserted mode. */
3857 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3858 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3859 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3860 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3866 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3868 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3870 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3871 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3873 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3874 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3876 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3877 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3878 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3881 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3882 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3885 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3886 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3888 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3892 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3899 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3901 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3902 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3904 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3905 This should not ever happen. */
3906 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3908 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3910 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3912 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3915 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3918 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3920 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3921 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3925 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3926 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3928 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3931 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3932 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3933 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3938 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3940 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3942 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3944 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3947 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3949 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3951 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3959 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3960 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3963 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3965 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3967 case bp_shlib_event
:
3969 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3970 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3971 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3972 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3973 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3975 (gdb) file prog-linux
3976 (gdb) run # native linux target
3979 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3980 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3983 case bp_step_resume
:
3985 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3987 case bp_single_step
:
3989 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3991 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3995 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3996 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3997 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4001 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4002 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4006 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4007 valid. New ones will be created in
4008 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4009 The next update_global_location_list call will
4010 garbage collect them. */
4013 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4015 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4016 insert_breakpoints. */
4017 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4018 w
->val_valid
= false;
4028 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4029 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4030 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4031 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4034 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4035 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4036 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4037 match, not program space. */
4039 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4040 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4041 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4042 permanent breakpoint.
4043 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4044 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4045 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4046 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4047 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4049 enum breakpoint_here
4050 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4052 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4054 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4056 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4057 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4060 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4061 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4063 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4068 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4069 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4070 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4072 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4076 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4079 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4082 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4083 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4085 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4091 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4093 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4100 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4111 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4114 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4116 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4117 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4123 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4127 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4128 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4131 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4134 if (overlay_debugging
4135 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4136 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4137 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4144 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4147 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4149 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4151 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4152 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4155 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4161 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4165 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4168 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4170 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4173 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4180 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4183 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4186 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4188 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4191 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4199 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4200 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4202 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4204 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4205 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4208 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4211 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4212 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4216 /* Check for intersection. */
4217 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4218 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4226 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4229 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4231 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4234 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4235 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4238 bpstat_clear (bpstat
**bsp
)
4255 bpstat::bpstat (const bpstat
&other
)
4257 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4258 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4259 commands (other
.commands
),
4260 print (other
.print
),
4262 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4264 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4265 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4268 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4269 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4272 bpstat_copy (bpstat
*bs
)
4274 bpstat
*p
= nullptr;
4276 bpstat
*retval
= nullptr;
4281 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4283 tmp
= new bpstat (*bs
);
4286 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4296 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4299 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat
*bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4304 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4306 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4312 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4315 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat
*bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4317 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4319 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4321 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4323 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4328 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4337 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4338 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4339 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4340 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4342 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4343 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4345 Return 1 otherwise. */
4348 bpstat_num (bpstat
**bsp
, int *num
)
4350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4353 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4355 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4356 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4357 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4358 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4359 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4361 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4363 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4367 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4370 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4374 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4377 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4378 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4381 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4385 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4388 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4390 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4392 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4394 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4395 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4396 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4397 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4398 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4402 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4405 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4406 or its equivalent. */
4409 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4411 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4414 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4415 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4416 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4417 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4419 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4420 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4421 bpstat of the current thread. */
4424 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
**bsp
)
4429 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4431 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4434 scoped_restore save_executing
4435 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4437 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4439 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4442 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4443 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4445 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4447 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4449 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4450 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4451 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4452 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4453 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4454 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4455 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4456 the tree when we're done. */
4457 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4458 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4461 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4463 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4469 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4471 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4477 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4479 if (current_ui
->async
)
4480 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4481 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4482 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4485 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4486 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4487 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4488 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4489 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4490 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4491 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4492 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4493 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4494 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4495 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4496 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4497 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4505 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4506 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4508 static thread_info
*
4509 get_bpstat_thread ()
4511 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4514 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4515 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4521 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4523 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4526 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4527 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4529 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4530 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4531 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4532 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4533 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4537 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4540 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4543 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4546 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4549 struct value_print_options opts
;
4550 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4551 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4555 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4556 debugging multiple threads. */
4559 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4561 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4566 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4568 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4570 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4571 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4573 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4576 uiout
->text (" \"");
4577 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4581 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4585 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4586 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4587 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4588 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4591 static enum print_stop_action
4592 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
)
4594 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4597 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4598 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4602 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4603 relevant messages. */
4604 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4607 case print_it_normal
:
4609 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4611 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4612 which has since been deleted. */
4614 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4616 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4617 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4622 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4623 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4628 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4631 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4633 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4634 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4638 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4639 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4641 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4642 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4645 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4646 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4647 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4651 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4652 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4653 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4655 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4658 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4659 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4660 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4666 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4667 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4669 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4672 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4674 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4675 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4680 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4681 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4682 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4683 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4684 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4685 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4686 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4689 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4690 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4691 code to print the location. An example is
4692 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4694 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4695 to also print the location part of the message.
4696 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4697 don't require a location appended to the end.
4698 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4699 further info to be printed. */
4701 enum print_stop_action
4702 bpstat_print (bpstat
*bs
, int kind
)
4704 enum print_stop_action val
;
4706 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4707 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4708 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4709 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4710 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4712 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4713 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4714 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4715 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4719 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4720 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4721 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4722 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4724 print_solib_event (0);
4725 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4728 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4729 with and nothing was printed. */
4730 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4733 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4736 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4738 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4739 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4741 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4745 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4747 bpstat::bpstat (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
***bs_link_pointer
)
4749 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4750 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4754 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4756 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4757 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4762 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4766 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4770 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4771 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4774 watchpoints_triggered (const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
4776 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4779 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4781 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4782 as not triggered. */
4783 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4784 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4786 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4788 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4794 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4796 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4797 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4798 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4799 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4801 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4803 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4809 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4810 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4813 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4814 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4816 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4818 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4819 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4821 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4823 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4824 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4826 if (newaddr
== start
)
4828 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4832 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4833 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4834 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4837 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4846 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4847 enum wp_check_result
4849 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4852 /* The value has changed. */
4853 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4855 /* The value has not changed. */
4856 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4858 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4862 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4863 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4865 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4868 static wp_check_result
4869 watchpoint_check (bpstat
*bs
)
4871 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4872 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4873 int within_current_scope
;
4875 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4876 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4877 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4879 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4880 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4881 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4882 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4885 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4886 within_current_scope
= 1;
4889 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4890 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4891 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4893 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4894 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4895 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4896 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4897 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4898 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4899 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4900 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4901 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4902 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4905 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4906 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4908 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4909 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4910 if (within_current_scope
)
4912 struct symbol
*function
;
4914 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4915 if (function
== NULL
4916 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4917 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4918 within_current_scope
= 0;
4921 if (within_current_scope
)
4922 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4923 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4928 if (within_current_scope
)
4930 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4931 time before we return to the command level and call
4932 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4933 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4936 struct value
*new_val
;
4938 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4939 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4940 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4941 a mask watchpoint. */
4942 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4944 mark
= value_mark ();
4945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
4948 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4949 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4951 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4952 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4953 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4954 not what we want. */
4955 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4956 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4959 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4960 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4961 b
->val_valid
= true;
4962 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4963 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4964 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4968 /* Nothing changed. */
4969 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4970 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4975 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4976 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4977 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4978 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4979 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4980 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4981 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4982 the first value assigned). */
4983 /* We print all the stop information in
4984 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4985 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4986 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4989 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4991 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4993 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4995 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4996 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4997 "left the block in\n"
4998 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4999 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5002 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5010 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5011 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5012 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5015 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5016 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5017 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5019 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5021 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5022 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5024 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5027 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5028 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5031 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
5033 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5034 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5036 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5037 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5038 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5039 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5040 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5043 int must_check_value
= 0;
5045 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5046 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5048 must_check_value
= 1;
5049 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5050 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5051 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5053 must_check_value
= 1;
5054 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5055 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5056 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5057 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5058 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5059 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5060 must_check_value
= 1;
5062 if (must_check_value
)
5068 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5070 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5072 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5073 "Error evaluating expression "
5074 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5077 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5079 gdb_printf (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5082 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5089 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5090 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5094 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5097 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5098 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5100 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5102 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5103 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5104 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5105 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5106 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5107 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5108 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5111 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5112 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5115 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5116 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5117 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5118 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5120 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5121 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5122 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5125 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5126 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5127 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5128 changes. This still gives false positives when
5129 the program writes the same value to memory as
5130 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5131 it for a read), but it's much better than
5134 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5136 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5138 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5139 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5140 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5142 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5143 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5145 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5146 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5148 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5154 if (other_write_watchpoint
5155 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5157 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5158 and the value changed since the last time we
5159 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5161 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5166 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5167 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5168 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5170 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5171 the value hasn't changed. */
5172 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5182 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5184 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5185 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5186 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5187 anything for this watchpoint. */
5188 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5194 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5195 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5196 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5197 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5200 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat
*bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5202 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5203 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5205 bool condition_result
= true;
5206 struct expression
*cond
;
5208 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5210 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5211 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5212 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5213 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5214 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5216 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5217 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5218 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5220 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5221 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5227 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5228 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5230 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5231 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5237 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5239 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5241 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5243 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5245 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5248 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5250 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5252 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5253 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5255 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5256 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5257 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5258 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5260 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5262 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5263 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5267 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5268 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5269 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5270 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5271 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5273 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5274 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5277 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5279 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5280 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5281 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5282 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5283 really matter which instantiation of the function
5284 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5285 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5286 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5287 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5288 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5289 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5290 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5291 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5293 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5295 select_frame (frame
);
5297 within_current_scope
= 0;
5299 if (within_current_scope
)
5303 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5305 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5307 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5308 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5313 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5314 "in the current scope"));
5315 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5316 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5318 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5319 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5322 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5326 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5330 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5332 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5336 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5337 on the current target. */
5340 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5342 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5343 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5344 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5345 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5348 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5351 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5352 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5354 bpstat
*bs_head
= nullptr, **bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5356 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5358 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5361 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5363 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5364 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5365 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5366 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5367 checked all locations already. */
5368 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5371 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5374 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5377 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5380 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5383 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5384 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5385 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5389 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5390 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5391 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5393 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5395 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5397 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5402 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5403 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5404 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5406 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5408 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5409 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5411 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (loc
, &bs_link
);
5412 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5423 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5426 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5427 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5428 const target_waitstatus
&ws
,
5431 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5432 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5433 bpstat
*bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5435 int need_remove_insert
;
5438 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5439 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5440 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5441 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5442 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5443 inferior function calls. */
5444 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5445 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5447 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5448 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5449 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5451 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5453 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5455 handle_solib_event ();
5460 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5461 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5462 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5466 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5471 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5472 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5475 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5481 /* We will stop here. */
5482 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5484 --(b
->enable_count
);
5485 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5486 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5489 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5492 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5493 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5494 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5497 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5502 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5504 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5505 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5508 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5509 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5510 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5512 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5513 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5514 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5516 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5517 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5519 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5521 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5522 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5525 if (need_remove_insert
)
5526 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5527 else if (removed_any
)
5528 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5533 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5536 bpstat_stop_status_nowatch (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5537 thread_info
*thread
, const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5539 gdb_assert (!target_stopped_by_watchpoint ());
5541 /* Clear all watchpoints' 'watchpoint_triggered' value from a
5542 previous stop to avoid confusing bpstat_stop_status. */
5543 watchpoints_triggered (ws
);
5545 return bpstat_stop_status (aspace
, bp_addr
, thread
, ws
);
5549 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5551 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5553 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5555 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5556 breakpoint_re_set. */
5557 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5559 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5560 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5561 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5562 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5563 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5564 function needs to be updated too. */
5565 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5566 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5567 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5569 target_terminal::inferior ();
5572 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5574 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5577 bpstat_what (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5579 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5582 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5583 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5584 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5586 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5588 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5589 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5590 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5593 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5595 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5596 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5600 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5607 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5608 case bp_single_step
:
5611 case bp_shlib_event
:
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5617 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5624 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5625 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5635 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5636 This requires no further action. */
5640 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5644 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5645 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5650 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5651 case bp_exception_resume
:
5654 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5655 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5660 case bp_step_resume
:
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5665 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5666 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5669 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5671 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5674 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5678 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5679 case bp_thread_event
:
5680 case bp_overlay_event
:
5681 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5682 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5683 case bp_exception_master
:
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5690 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5692 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5696 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5697 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5698 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5703 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5706 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5707 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5708 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5709 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5711 case bp_std_terminate
:
5712 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5713 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5714 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5715 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5718 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5719 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5720 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5721 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5723 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5724 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5726 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5727 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5728 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5730 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5731 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5732 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5740 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5744 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5745 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5748 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5755 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5759 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5761 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5768 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5770 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5771 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5773 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5774 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5780 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5783 bpstat_should_step ()
5785 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5786 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5792 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5795 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat
*bs
)
5797 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5806 /* Compute a number of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5807 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5808 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5811 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5813 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5817 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5819 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5822 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5828 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5829 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5831 "host": Host evals condition.
5832 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5833 "target": Target evals condition.
5837 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5839 char host_evals
= 0;
5840 char target_evals
= 0;
5845 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5848 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5849 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5850 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5852 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5854 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5860 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5861 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5862 else if (target_evals
)
5863 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5865 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5868 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5869 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5872 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5874 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5877 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5878 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5879 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5881 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5882 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5884 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5887 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5890 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5891 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5893 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5895 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5897 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5901 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5903 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5904 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5905 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5907 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5911 uiout
->text ("in ");
5912 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5913 function_name_style
.style ());
5915 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5916 uiout
->text ("at ");
5918 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5919 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5920 file_name_style
.style ());
5923 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5924 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5926 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5932 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5934 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5938 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5939 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5940 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5941 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5942 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5943 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5945 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5949 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
5953 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5954 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5955 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5958 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5959 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5965 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5967 struct ep_type_description
5970 const char *description
;
5972 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5974 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5975 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5976 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5977 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5978 {bp_until
, "until"},
5979 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5980 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5981 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5982 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5983 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5984 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5985 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5986 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5987 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5988 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5989 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5990 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5991 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5992 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5993 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5994 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5995 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5996 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5997 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5998 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5999 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6000 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6001 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6002 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6003 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6004 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6005 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6006 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6007 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6010 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6011 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6012 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6013 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6016 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6019 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6020 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6023 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6024 const char *field_name
,
6025 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6028 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6030 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6031 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6032 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6035 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6037 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6043 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6044 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6049 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6053 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6058 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6059 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6060 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6061 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6065 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6066 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6068 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6069 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6071 struct command_line
*l
;
6072 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6074 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6075 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6076 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6077 struct value_print_options opts
;
6079 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6081 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6082 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6083 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6086 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6087 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6088 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6096 if (part_of_multiple
)
6097 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6099 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6103 if (part_of_multiple
)
6104 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6106 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6110 if (part_of_multiple
)
6111 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6113 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6117 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid condition,
6118 display "N*" on CLI, where "*" refers to a footnote below the
6119 table. For MI, simply display a "N" without a footnote. */
6120 const char *N
= (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ()) ? "N" : "N*";
6121 if (part_of_multiple
)
6122 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? N
6123 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6125 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6128 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6129 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6132 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6134 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6136 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6137 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6138 is relatively readable). */
6139 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6140 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6142 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6144 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6145 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6147 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6150 if (header_of_multiple
)
6151 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6152 metadata_style
.style ());
6153 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6154 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6155 metadata_style
.style ());
6157 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6158 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6161 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6162 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6168 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6170 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6173 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6175 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6176 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6179 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6180 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6182 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6183 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6184 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6185 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6186 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6187 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6189 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6192 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6194 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6196 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6197 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6198 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6199 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6201 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6203 uiout
->text (" task ");
6204 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6210 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6211 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6213 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6216 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6217 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6219 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6220 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6224 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6227 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6228 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6230 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6231 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6233 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6234 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6235 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6236 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6237 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6239 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6240 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6241 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6246 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6248 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6249 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6250 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6251 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6254 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6256 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6261 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6265 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6266 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6267 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6268 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6269 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6271 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6272 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6273 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6274 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6275 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6277 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6281 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6282 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6283 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6287 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6290 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6291 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6294 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6295 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6296 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6297 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6300 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6301 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6302 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6303 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6304 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6306 uiout
->text ("next ");
6307 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6308 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6311 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6313 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6315 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6317 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6318 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6319 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6323 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6324 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6327 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6328 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6331 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6333 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6335 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6337 annotate_field (10);
6338 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6339 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6340 uiout
->text (" \n");
6343 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6345 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6347 annotate_field (11);
6349 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6350 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6351 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6357 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6358 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6363 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6365 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6367 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6369 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6371 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6372 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6373 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6374 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6378 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6380 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6383 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6384 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6387 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6388 bool use_fixed_output
6389 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6390 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6392 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6393 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6395 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6397 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6398 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6400 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6401 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6402 locations, if any. */
6404 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6407 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6408 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6409 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6412 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6413 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6415 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6416 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6417 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6418 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6419 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6420 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6421 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6423 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6425 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6427 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6429 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6430 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6432 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6433 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6436 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6438 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6439 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6448 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6450 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6452 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6453 address to print. */
6454 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6457 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6461 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6462 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6463 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6466 return print_address_bits
;
6469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6472 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6474 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6475 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6478 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6479 internal or momentary. */
6482 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6484 return b
->number
> 0;
6487 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6490 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6492 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6495 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6497 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6498 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6499 list are then printed.
6501 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6503 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6504 ones for which it returns true.
6506 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6509 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6510 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6512 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6513 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6514 struct value_print_options opts
;
6515 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6516 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6517 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6518 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6520 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6522 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6523 required for address fields. */
6524 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6525 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6527 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6528 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6531 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6532 accept. Skip the others. */
6533 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6535 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6537 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6541 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6543 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6545 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6546 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6547 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6549 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6550 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6551 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6553 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6558 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6559 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6560 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6564 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6565 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6567 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6568 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6570 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6571 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6573 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6574 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6576 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6577 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6581 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6582 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6584 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6586 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6588 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6589 uiout
->table_body ();
6590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6591 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6593 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6596 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6597 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6600 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6601 accept. Skip the others. */
6603 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6605 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6607 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6610 else /* all others */
6612 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6616 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6617 show_internal is set. */
6618 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6620 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6621 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6622 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6623 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6628 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6630 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6634 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6635 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6637 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6643 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6644 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6646 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6647 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6651 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6652 there have been breakpoints? */
6653 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6655 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6658 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6659 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6662 default_collect_info (void)
6664 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6666 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6667 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6669 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6672 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6674 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6675 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6676 uiout
->text (" \n");
6680 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6682 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6684 default_collect_info ();
6688 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6690 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6691 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6693 if (num_printed
== 0)
6695 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6696 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6698 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6703 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6705 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6707 default_collect_info ();
6711 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6712 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6713 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6715 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6717 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6718 && bl
->address
== pc
6719 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6725 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6726 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6730 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6731 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6732 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6736 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6737 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6738 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6743 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6744 else /* if (others == ???) */
6745 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6746 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6747 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6750 gdb_printf ("%d", b
->number
);
6751 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6752 gdb_printf (" (all threads)");
6753 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6754 gdb_printf (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6755 gdb_printf ("%s%s ",
6756 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6757 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6761 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6763 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6764 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6765 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6770 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6771 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6772 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6773 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6775 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6776 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6777 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6778 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6782 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6784 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6787 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6788 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6791 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6792 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6794 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6795 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6797 /* Both of them must exist. */
6798 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6799 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6801 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6802 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6803 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6804 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6805 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6806 other watchpoint. */
6808 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6810 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6811 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6813 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6815 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6816 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6819 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6820 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6821 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6822 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6823 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6824 become hw_access locations later. */
6825 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6826 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6827 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6828 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6831 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6834 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6835 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6837 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6838 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6842 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6843 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6844 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6845 space doesn't really matter. */
6848 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6850 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6853 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6854 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6855 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6858 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6859 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6860 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6861 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6864 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6865 const address_space
*aspace
,
6868 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6871 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6872 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6876 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6877 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6878 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6879 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6880 doesn't really matter. */
6883 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6884 const address_space
*aspace
,
6885 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6887 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6888 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6890 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6892 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6898 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6899 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6900 true, otherwise returns false. */
6903 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6904 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6906 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6907 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6908 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6909 different locations. */
6910 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6915 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6916 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6917 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6918 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6919 otherwise they don't. */
6922 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6923 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6924 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6926 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6928 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6929 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6930 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6932 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6933 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6935 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6938 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6939 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6940 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6942 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6943 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6944 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6945 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6946 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6947 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6948 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6952 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6953 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6955 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6956 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6960 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6961 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6963 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6964 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6966 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6969 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6970 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6971 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6972 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6975 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6976 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6978 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6979 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6980 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6981 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6982 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6984 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6985 have their addresses modified. */
6988 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6990 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6991 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6992 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6993 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6994 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6995 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7000 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7002 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7004 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7005 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7006 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7009 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7011 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7012 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7014 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7015 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7017 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7022 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7027 case bp_single_step
:
7031 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7032 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7034 case bp_exception_resume
:
7035 case bp_step_resume
:
7036 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7037 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7039 case bp_std_terminate
:
7040 case bp_shlib_event
:
7041 case bp_thread_event
:
7042 case bp_overlay_event
:
7044 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7045 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7046 case bp_exception_master
:
7047 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7048 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7050 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7051 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7052 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7053 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7054 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7055 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7056 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7060 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7061 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7062 return bp_loc_other
;
7064 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7068 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7070 this->owner
= owner
;
7071 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7072 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7074 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7076 this->loc_type
= type
;
7078 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7079 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7080 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7085 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7086 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7087 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7091 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7093 static struct bp_location
*
7094 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7096 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7099 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7100 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7103 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7105 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7109 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7112 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7114 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7115 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7117 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7118 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7120 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7122 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7127 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7133 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7136 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7137 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7141 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7145 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7146 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7147 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7148 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7151 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7152 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7154 static struct breakpoint
*
7155 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7159 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7162 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7165 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7168 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7170 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7172 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7173 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7174 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7176 const char *function_name
;
7178 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7179 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7180 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7182 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7184 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7186 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7187 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7189 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7190 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7191 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7192 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7194 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7198 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7201 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7205 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7207 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7210 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7212 return sal
.symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch ();
7217 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7218 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7219 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7221 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7222 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7223 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7226 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7227 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7228 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7230 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7232 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7234 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7235 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7237 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7238 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7240 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7241 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7244 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7245 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7246 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7247 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7248 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7249 is also returned as the value of this function.
7251 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7252 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7253 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7254 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7255 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7256 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7257 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7259 static struct breakpoint
*
7260 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7261 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7262 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7264 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7266 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7267 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7270 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7271 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7272 initiated the operation. */
7275 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7277 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7279 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7280 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7281 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7282 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7283 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7284 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7285 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7286 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7288 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7289 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7291 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7292 after their removal. */
7293 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7294 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7295 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7298 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7301 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7303 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7305 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7306 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7308 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7309 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7314 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7316 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7317 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7319 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7320 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7324 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7325 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7326 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7330 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7332 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7334 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7335 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7337 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7339 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7340 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7342 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7344 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7346 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7349 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7350 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7351 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7352 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7358 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7359 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7362 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7363 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7364 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7365 unwinding is possible. */
7368 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7370 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7373 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7375 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7377 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7378 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7379 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7380 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7382 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7383 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7384 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7385 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7386 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7387 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7390 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7391 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7392 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7393 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7396 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7397 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7398 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7399 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7400 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7403 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7404 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7405 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7406 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7407 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7408 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7409 for (struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7411 struct frame_info
*prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7412 if (prev
== nullptr)
7414 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7416 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7417 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7418 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7419 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7423 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7426 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7428 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7430 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7431 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7432 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7439 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7441 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7442 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7444 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7445 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7446 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7451 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7453 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7454 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7456 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7457 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7458 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7462 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7463 master breakpoint. */
7465 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7467 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7468 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7469 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7471 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7472 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7476 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7478 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7480 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7481 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7482 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7486 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7490 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7491 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7493 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7494 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7495 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7497 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7502 struct lang_and_radix
7508 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7511 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7513 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7514 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7517 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7520 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7522 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7523 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7524 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7525 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7529 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7531 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7532 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7533 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7534 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7537 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7540 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7542 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7543 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7544 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7545 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7548 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7549 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7550 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7552 static struct breakpoint
*
7553 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7554 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7558 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7559 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7560 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7565 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7567 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7570 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7573 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7577 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7579 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7580 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7588 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7589 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7592 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7594 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7596 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7597 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7599 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7600 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7601 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7602 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7603 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7604 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7605 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7606 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7607 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7608 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7609 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7610 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7613 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7618 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7619 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7620 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7623 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7625 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7627 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7629 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7630 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7632 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7633 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7634 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7635 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7636 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7637 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7638 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7639 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7640 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7642 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7643 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7644 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7645 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7648 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7649 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7651 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7653 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7654 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7655 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7658 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7663 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7664 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7665 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7668 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7670 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7673 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7674 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7675 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7676 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7677 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7678 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7679 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7680 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7681 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7682 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7684 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7685 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7688 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7690 int bp_modified
= 0;
7692 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7695 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7697 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7699 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7700 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7703 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7706 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7709 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7710 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7713 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7715 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7716 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7717 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7718 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7719 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7722 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7729 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7733 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7734 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7735 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7737 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7739 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7742 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7743 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7744 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> regex
;
7745 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7749 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7755 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7761 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7762 const address_space
*aspace
,
7764 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
7766 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7768 if (ws
.kind () == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7771 for (breakpoint
*other
: all_breakpoints ())
7773 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7776 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7779 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7782 for (bp_location
*other_bl
: other
->locations ())
7784 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7793 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstat
*bs
)
7795 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7796 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7800 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7803 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7809 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7812 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7818 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7821 static enum print_stop_action
7822 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat
*bs
)
7824 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7825 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7827 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7828 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7829 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7830 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7832 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7833 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7835 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7836 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7837 print_solib_event (1);
7838 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7842 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7844 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7845 struct value_print_options opts
;
7846 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7848 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7849 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7850 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7852 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7855 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7863 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"),
7864 self
->regex
.get ());
7866 msg
= _("load of library");
7871 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"),
7872 self
->regex
.get ());
7874 msg
= _("unload of library");
7876 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
7878 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7879 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7883 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7885 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7887 gdb_printf (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7888 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7892 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7894 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7896 gdb_printf (fp
, "%s %s",
7897 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7898 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7900 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
.get ());
7901 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
7904 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7906 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7909 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
7911 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7915 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7917 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
7921 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
7922 _("Invalid regexp")));
7923 c
->regex
= make_unique_xstrdup (arg
);
7926 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7927 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7928 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7930 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7932 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
7935 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7939 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7940 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7942 const int enabled
= 1;
7943 bool temp
= command
->context () == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7945 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
7949 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7950 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7952 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7956 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7957 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7959 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7962 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7965 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7966 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
7967 const char *cond_string
,
7968 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7970 symtab_and_line sal
;
7971 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7973 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
7975 if (cond_string
== nullptr)
7976 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
7978 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string
);
7979 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7983 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
7985 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
7986 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7987 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
7988 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
7991 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
7994 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7998 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8002 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8003 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8004 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8006 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8008 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8014 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8018 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8022 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8025 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8027 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8029 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8035 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8036 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8037 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8038 types _not_ TYPE. */
8041 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8042 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8046 *other_type_used
= 0;
8047 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8051 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8054 if (b
->type
== type
)
8055 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8056 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8057 *other_type_used
= 1;
8064 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8066 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8067 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8069 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8070 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8075 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8077 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8078 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8080 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8081 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8086 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8088 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8089 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8093 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8095 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8096 breakpoint_re_set ();
8099 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8102 static struct breakpoint
*
8103 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8105 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8107 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8108 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8110 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8111 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8114 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8116 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8119 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8120 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8124 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8125 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8129 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8131 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8133 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8134 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8135 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8136 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8138 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8140 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8142 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8145 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8146 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8147 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8149 static struct breakpoint
*
8150 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8155 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8157 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8158 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8159 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8161 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8162 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8163 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8164 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8165 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8166 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8167 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8168 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8169 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8170 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8171 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8172 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8174 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8175 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8176 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8178 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8182 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8186 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8188 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8192 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8196 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8199 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8201 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8203 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8204 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8206 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8210 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8213 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8215 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8216 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8220 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8222 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8224 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8225 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8226 address is in read-only memory.
8228 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8229 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8231 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8232 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8233 memory map changed, so we undo.
8237 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8239 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8240 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8241 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8242 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8244 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8245 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8246 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8247 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8248 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8252 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8254 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8255 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8257 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8259 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8261 static bool said
= false;
8263 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8266 gdb_printf (_("Note: automatically using "
8267 "hardware breakpoints for "
8268 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8276 static struct bp_location
*
8277 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8278 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8280 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8281 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8282 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8284 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8285 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8287 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8288 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8289 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8290 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8291 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8292 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8293 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8296 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8297 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8298 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8299 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8304 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8305 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8306 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8307 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8308 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8309 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8310 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8311 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8312 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8313 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8314 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8315 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8316 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8318 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8320 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8321 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8322 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8323 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8324 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8325 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8326 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8327 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8328 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8329 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8330 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8331 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8333 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8340 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8341 return false otherwise. */
8344 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8346 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8348 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8349 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8350 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8351 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8353 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8356 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8357 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8358 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8361 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8362 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8365 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8367 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8368 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> printf_line
= nullptr;
8373 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8375 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8377 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8379 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8381 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8382 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8384 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8385 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8386 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8388 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8389 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8391 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8392 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8393 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8394 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8397 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8398 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8401 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8403 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8404 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8407 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8408 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8412 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8413 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8415 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8417 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8418 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8419 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
.release ());
8420 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8421 command_lines_deleter ()));
8424 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8425 current style settings. */
8428 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8429 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8431 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8432 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8433 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8436 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8437 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8438 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8439 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8442 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8443 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8444 event_location_up
&&location
,
8445 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8446 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8447 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8448 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8449 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8450 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8451 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8452 int display_canonical
)
8456 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8458 int target_resources_ok
;
8460 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8461 target_resources_ok
=
8462 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8464 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8465 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8466 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8467 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8470 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8472 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8474 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8478 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8480 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8482 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8483 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8486 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8488 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8492 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
8493 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
8494 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8495 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8496 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8498 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8499 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8501 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8503 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8504 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8506 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8508 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8509 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8511 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8514 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8516 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8518 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8520 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8522 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8524 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8526 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8528 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8530 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8533 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8534 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8541 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8542 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8546 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8547 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8548 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8550 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8551 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8552 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8554 if (b
->extra_string
)
8555 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8557 error (_("Format string required"));
8559 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8560 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
.get ());
8564 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8565 condition using the location's number. */
8567 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
8569 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8570 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
.get (), loc
,
8571 b
->number
, loc_num
);
8576 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8577 if (location
!= NULL
)
8578 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8580 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8581 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8585 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8586 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8587 event_location_up
&&location
,
8588 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8589 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8590 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8591 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8592 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8593 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8594 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8595 int display_canonical
)
8597 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8599 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8600 sals
, std::move (location
),
8602 std::move (cond_string
),
8603 std::move (extra_string
),
8605 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8607 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8610 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8613 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8614 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8615 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8616 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8617 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8618 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8619 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8620 we take just a single condition string.
8622 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8623 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8624 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8625 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8626 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8629 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8630 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8631 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8632 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8633 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8634 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8635 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8636 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8638 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8639 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8641 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8643 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8644 'break', without arguments. */
8645 event_location_up location
8646 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8647 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8648 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8649 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8651 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8652 std::move (location
),
8653 std::move (filter_string
),
8654 std::move (cond_string
),
8655 std::move (extra_string
),
8657 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8658 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8659 canonical
->special_display
);
8663 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8664 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8665 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8666 linespec locations).
8668 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8669 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8672 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
8673 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8675 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8677 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8679 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8683 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8684 breakpoint address. */
8685 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8687 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8688 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8689 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8690 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8691 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8692 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8693 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8695 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8697 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8698 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8699 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8700 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8701 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8703 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8705 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8707 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8709 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8713 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8717 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8718 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8719 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8720 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8722 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8723 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8724 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8725 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8727 const char *spec
= NULL
;
8729 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8730 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8734 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
8737 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8738 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8739 get_last_displayed_line (),
8740 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8745 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8746 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8750 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8751 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8754 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
8756 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8757 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8760 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8761 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8762 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8763 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8764 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8768 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8769 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
8771 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8773 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8775 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8776 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8777 associated with SAL. */
8781 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
8782 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
8783 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
8787 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8788 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8789 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8790 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8791 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8792 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8795 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8796 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8797 int *thread
, int *task
,
8798 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8800 cond_string
->reset ();
8808 const char *end_tok
;
8810 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8811 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8813 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8815 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8817 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8821 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8823 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8825 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8827 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8830 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8832 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8837 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
8840 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
8842 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
8847 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8850 struct thread_info
*thr
;
8853 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
8855 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8856 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
8859 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8864 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
8866 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8867 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8868 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8873 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8877 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8881 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
8882 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
8883 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
8884 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
8887 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
8889 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8890 int *thread
, int *task
,
8891 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8893 int num_failures
= 0;
8894 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8896 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8899 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
8901 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
8902 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
8903 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
8904 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
8905 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
8906 condition in the context of each sal. */
8909 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
8910 &task_id
, &remaining
);
8911 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
8912 *thread
= thread_id
;
8914 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
8917 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8920 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
8921 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
8927 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8929 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
8930 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
8932 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8935 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8937 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8939 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
8941 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
8942 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
8943 if (markers
.empty ())
8944 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
8945 marker_str
.c_str ());
8947 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
8948 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
8950 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
8952 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
8953 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
8954 sals
.push_back (sal
);
8961 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
8962 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
8964 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8965 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
8970 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
8971 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8973 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8977 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
8978 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8980 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
8984 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8986 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8987 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
8990 if (location
!= nullptr)
8991 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
8992 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
8993 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
8996 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8999 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9000 struct event_location
*location
,
9001 const char *cond_string
,
9002 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9003 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
9004 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9006 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9007 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9008 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9011 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9014 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9016 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9018 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9019 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9020 extra_string
= NULL
;
9024 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9026 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9028 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9030 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9032 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9035 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9038 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9040 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9041 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9042 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9043 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9044 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9047 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9048 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9049 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9050 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9057 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9060 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9061 are ok for the target. */
9064 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9065 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9068 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9069 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9071 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9072 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9075 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9076 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9080 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9081 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9085 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
9086 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
9088 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9090 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9091 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9092 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
9093 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
9097 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9098 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9099 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9101 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9102 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9103 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9104 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9105 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9107 int num_failures
= 0;
9108 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9109 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9111 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9114 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9115 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9118 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9121 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9122 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9128 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9130 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9131 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9133 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9136 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9137 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9138 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9140 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9141 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9142 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9146 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9148 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9149 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9152 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9155 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9156 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
9157 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
9162 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9163 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
9164 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
9166 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9167 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9168 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9169 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9170 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9171 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9172 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9174 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9177 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9179 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9180 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9181 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9184 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9189 /* Set a breakpoint.
9190 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9191 condition, and thread.
9192 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9193 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9197 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9199 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9200 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9201 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9204 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9205 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9206 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9208 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9210 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9211 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9212 0 /* Ignore count */,
9213 pending_break_support
,
9221 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9224 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9228 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9230 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9231 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9232 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9235 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9236 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9237 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9238 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9241 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9243 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9244 const struct block
*b
;
9247 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9248 sal
->symtab
->compunit ());
9251 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9254 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9256 = sym
->obj_section (sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9260 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9261 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9262 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9263 happen in assembly source). */
9265 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9266 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9268 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9270 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9277 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9279 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9283 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9285 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9289 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9291 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9295 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9297 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9300 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9301 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9302 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9306 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9308 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9310 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9311 the next character must be ','. */
9314 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9315 error (_("Format string required"));
9318 /* Skip the comma. */
9323 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9325 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9327 0 /* Ignore count */,
9328 pending_break_support
,
9329 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9337 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9339 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9342 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9343 ranged breakpoints. */
9346 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9347 const address_space
*aspace
,
9349 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9351 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9352 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9355 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9356 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9359 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9360 ranged breakpoints. */
9363 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9365 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9368 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9369 ranged breakpoints. */
9371 static enum print_stop_action
9372 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9374 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9375 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9376 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9378 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9380 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9381 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9383 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9385 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9387 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9388 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9390 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9391 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9393 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9394 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9395 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9397 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9400 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9403 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9404 ranged breakpoints. */
9407 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9408 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9410 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9411 struct value_print_options opts
;
9412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9414 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9415 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9417 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9419 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9420 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9421 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9422 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9424 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9428 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9429 ranged breakpoints. */
9432 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9433 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9435 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9436 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9441 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9442 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9444 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9445 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9446 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9447 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9448 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9452 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9453 ranged breakpoints. */
9456 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9458 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9459 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9462 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9464 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9465 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9466 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9469 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9470 ranged breakpoints. */
9473 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9475 gdb_printf (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9476 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9477 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9478 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9481 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9483 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9485 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9486 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9487 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9488 last instruction of the given line. */
9491 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9495 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9496 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9497 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9504 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9506 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9508 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9515 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9518 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9520 const char *arg_start
;
9521 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9522 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9524 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9526 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9527 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9528 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9530 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9531 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9532 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9535 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9537 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9538 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9539 error(_("No address range specified."));
9542 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9544 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9547 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9548 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9549 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9551 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9553 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9554 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9555 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9557 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9558 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9560 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9561 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9563 /* Parse the end location. */
9567 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9568 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9569 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9570 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9571 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9572 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9574 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9575 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9576 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9578 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9579 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9581 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9582 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9583 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9584 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9586 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9588 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9589 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9590 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9592 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9594 /* Length overflowed. */
9595 error (_("Address range too large."));
9596 else if (length
== 1)
9598 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9599 the `hbreak' command. */
9600 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9605 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9606 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9607 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9608 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9609 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9610 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9611 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9612 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9613 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9616 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9617 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9620 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9621 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9622 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9626 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9628 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
9631 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9634 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9636 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9638 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9639 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9641 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9642 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9643 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9644 are loaded and unloaded.
9646 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9647 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9648 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9649 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9650 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9651 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9653 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9654 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9655 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9656 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9658 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9659 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9661 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9662 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9663 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
9666 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9669 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9671 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9672 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9674 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9675 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
9678 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9681 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9683 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9684 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9686 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9687 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
9691 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9692 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9693 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9695 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9696 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9698 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9699 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9700 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9701 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9702 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9703 (did not match the data address). */
9704 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9705 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9712 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9714 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9716 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9719 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9720 hardware watchpoints. */
9723 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9725 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9726 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9728 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9731 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9732 hardware watchpoints. */
9735 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9737 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9738 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9741 static enum print_stop_action
9742 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9744 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9745 enum print_stop_action result
;
9746 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9747 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9749 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9751 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9752 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9754 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9755 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9759 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
9763 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9764 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9766 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9768 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9769 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9770 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9771 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9772 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9773 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9774 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9776 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9777 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9780 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9781 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9783 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9785 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9786 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9787 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9788 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
9790 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9793 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9794 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9796 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9799 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9801 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9802 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9803 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9804 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9805 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9810 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9813 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9814 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9815 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9817 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9818 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9820 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9823 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9829 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9833 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9835 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9836 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9837 const char *tuple_name
;
9842 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
9845 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9846 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
9849 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9850 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
9851 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9853 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9854 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9855 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9858 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9859 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9862 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9863 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
9865 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
9868 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9872 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9874 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9879 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9880 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9882 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9883 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9885 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9886 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9889 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9890 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9893 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
.get ());
9894 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9897 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
9901 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
9903 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
9905 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9911 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9913 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9915 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9916 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9919 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9923 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9924 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9927 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9928 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9931 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9933 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9935 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9936 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9939 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9943 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9945 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9947 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
9950 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9951 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9954 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9959 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9960 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9962 static enum print_stop_action
9963 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9965 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9966 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9968 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9969 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9971 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9972 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9976 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9977 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9979 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9982 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9983 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9985 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9988 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9989 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9992 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9995 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9996 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10000 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10001 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10002 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10003 uiout
->text ("\n");
10005 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10006 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10009 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10010 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10013 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10014 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10016 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10018 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10019 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10021 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10022 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10023 uiout
->text ("\n");
10026 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10027 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10030 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10032 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10033 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10034 const char *tuple_name
;
10038 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10039 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10040 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10042 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10043 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10044 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10046 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10047 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10048 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10051 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10052 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10055 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10056 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10057 uiout
->text (": ");
10058 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
10061 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10062 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10065 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10067 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10071 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10072 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
10074 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10075 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
10077 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10078 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
10081 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10082 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10085 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
.get (),
10086 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10087 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10090 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10092 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10094 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10097 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10099 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10102 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10103 hw_read: watch read,
10104 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10106 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10107 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10109 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10110 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10111 struct value
*result
;
10112 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10113 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10114 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10115 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10117 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10118 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10119 enum bptype bp_type
;
10121 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10122 the hardware watchpoint. */
10123 bool use_mask
= false;
10124 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10127 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10128 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10130 const char *value_start
;
10132 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10134 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10135 of the arguments string. */
10136 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10138 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10139 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10142 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10143 This is the value of the parameter. */
10144 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10146 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10148 /* Skip whitespace. */
10149 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10154 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10155 This is the parameter itself. */
10156 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10159 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10161 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10163 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10164 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10165 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10166 only in a specific thread. */
10170 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10172 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10173 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10175 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10176 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10177 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10179 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10181 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "task"))
10185 task
= strtol (value_start
, &tmp
, 0);
10186 if (tmp
== value_start
)
10187 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
10188 if (!valid_task_id (task
))
10189 error (_("Unknown task %d."), task
);
10191 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10193 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10194 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10196 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10199 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10201 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10203 mark
= value_mark ();
10204 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10205 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10206 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10209 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10212 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10213 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10220 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10221 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10223 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10224 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10225 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10226 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10228 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10229 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10231 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10234 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10235 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10239 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10240 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10242 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10245 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10246 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10247 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10248 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10251 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10253 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10254 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10262 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10263 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10264 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10268 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10271 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10272 else if (ret
== -2)
10273 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10276 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10277 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10279 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10280 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10282 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10283 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10285 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10286 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10287 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10289 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10290 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10291 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10296 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10298 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10300 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10302 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10304 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10305 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10306 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10307 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10308 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10310 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10312 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10314 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10315 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10318 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10319 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10320 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10322 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10325 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10327 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10328 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10330 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10331 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10333 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10334 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10335 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10336 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10337 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10338 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10339 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10343 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10344 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10345 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10346 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10348 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10349 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10350 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10351 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10353 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10355 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10358 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10359 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10361 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10362 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10363 w
->thread
= thread
;
10365 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10366 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10367 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10368 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10369 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10372 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10373 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10375 w
->exp_string_reparse
10376 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10378 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10379 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10382 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10386 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10391 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10392 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10393 w
->val_valid
= true;
10397 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10399 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10401 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10403 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10404 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10408 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10409 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10412 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10414 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10415 need to act on them together. */
10416 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10417 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10420 if (!just_location
)
10421 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10423 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10424 that should be inserted. */
10425 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10427 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10430 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10431 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10434 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10436 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10438 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10439 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10442 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10443 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10445 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10446 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10447 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10448 hardware watchpoint.
10450 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10451 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10452 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10453 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10454 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10455 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10456 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10457 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10458 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10460 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10461 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10462 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10463 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10464 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10466 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10468 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10470 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10471 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10472 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10473 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10474 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10475 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10479 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10480 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10481 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10483 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10484 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10485 middle of some value chain. */
10487 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10488 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10490 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10494 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10495 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10496 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10498 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10502 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10506 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10507 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10508 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10509 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10510 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10513 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10514 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10515 return found_memory_cnt
;
10519 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10521 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10524 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10526 struct watch_options
10528 /* For -location. */
10529 bool location
= false;
10532 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10534 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10535 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10536 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10537 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10538 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10540 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10541 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10542 please, don't do that! */
10544 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10545 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10547 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10549 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10550 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10554 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10557 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10558 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10560 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10563 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10564 calls watch_command_1. */
10567 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10569 watch_options opts
;
10570 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10571 gdb::option::process_options
10572 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10573 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10576 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10579 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10581 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10582 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10583 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10585 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10586 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10587 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10590 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10591 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10595 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10597 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10601 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10603 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10607 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10609 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10613 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10615 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10619 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10621 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10625 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10626 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10629 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10631 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10634 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
10635 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
10636 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10638 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10639 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
10640 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10642 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
10646 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10647 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10648 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10651 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10652 until(location)/advance commands. */
10655 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10657 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
10658 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10659 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
10668 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10669 until(location)/advance commands. */
10672 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10674 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10675 breakpoints
.clear ();
10676 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10679 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10680 until(location)/advance commands. */
10682 enum async_reply_reason
10683 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10685 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10689 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10691 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10692 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10693 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10694 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10696 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10698 clear_proceed_status (0);
10700 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10703 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10705 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10706 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10707 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10708 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10709 get_last_displayed_line ())
10710 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10714 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10717 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10719 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10720 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
10722 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10723 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10724 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10727 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10728 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10729 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10730 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10732 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10735 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10737 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
10739 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10741 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10742 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
10744 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10745 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10746 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10748 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
10749 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
10750 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10751 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
10753 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
10754 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
10757 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10760 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
10761 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
10762 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
10763 very same frame. */
10764 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
10766 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
10768 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10770 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
10771 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10772 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10773 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
10777 (std::unique_ptr
<thread_fsm
>
10778 (new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
10779 std::move (breakpoints
))));
10782 lj_deleter
->release ();
10784 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
10788 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10789 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10790 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
10791 const char *addr_string
,
10792 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10799 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
10801 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
10803 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
10804 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
10805 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10806 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10807 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10808 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10809 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10810 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10811 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10812 enough for now, though. */
10815 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
10817 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10818 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10819 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
10820 language_def (language_ada
));
10821 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10826 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
10829 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
10831 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
10832 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
10834 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
10836 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
10839 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10843 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10846 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10849 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10853 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
10854 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
10855 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
10859 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
10860 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10861 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10863 sals
= decoded_sals
;
10867 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10868 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10869 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10870 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
10871 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
10872 error (_("No source file specified."));
10878 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10879 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10880 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10881 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10883 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10884 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10885 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10886 due to optimization, all in one block.
10888 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10889 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10890 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10891 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10892 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10893 to support that. */
10895 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10896 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10897 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10900 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
10901 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
10903 const char *sal_fullname
;
10905 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10906 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10907 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10910 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10915 1 0 <can't happen> */
10917 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
10918 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
10920 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10921 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10924 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10925 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10927 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
10929 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10930 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10931 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10933 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10934 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10935 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10936 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10937 int line_match
= 0;
10939 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10940 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
10941 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
10942 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10943 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
10944 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
10945 sal_fullname
) == 0)
10948 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10957 found
.push_back (b
);
10961 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10962 if (found
.empty ())
10965 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10967 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10970 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10971 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10972 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10974 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
10976 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10977 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10979 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
10983 if (found
.size () > 1)
10984 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10987 if (found
.size () == 1)
10988 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10990 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10993 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
10996 gdb_printf ("%d ", iter
->number
);
10997 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11003 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11004 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11005 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11008 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat
*bs
)
11010 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11011 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11012 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11014 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11016 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
11017 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11018 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11021 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11022 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11023 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11024 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11025 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11028 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11030 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11031 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11033 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11034 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11037 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11038 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11040 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11041 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11042 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11044 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11045 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11046 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11047 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11050 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11051 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11052 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11053 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11056 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11057 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11058 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11060 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11061 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11066 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11067 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11068 content of the bp_locations array. */
11071 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11073 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11074 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11076 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11078 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11080 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11083 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11084 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11086 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11087 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11088 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11089 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11091 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11093 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11094 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11095 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11096 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11100 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11103 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11105 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11107 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11109 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11111 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11112 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11114 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11115 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11116 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11119 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11121 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11122 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11124 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11127 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11130 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11132 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11133 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11134 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11135 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11138 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11140 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11143 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11145 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11146 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11147 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11148 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11152 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11155 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11157 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11158 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11159 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11160 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11162 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11163 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11164 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11165 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11166 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11168 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11169 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11170 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11171 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11172 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11173 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11174 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11175 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11178 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11179 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11180 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11184 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11186 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11189 address
= bl
->address
;
11190 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11192 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11193 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11194 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11196 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11197 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11200 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11201 the same program space as the location
11202 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11203 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11204 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11206 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11207 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11210 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11211 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11212 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11213 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11214 that have already been marked. */
11215 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11217 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11219 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11223 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11224 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11225 locations are duplicate of which.
11227 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11228 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11232 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11234 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11235 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11236 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11237 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11239 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11240 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11241 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11242 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11243 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11245 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11246 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11247 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11248 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11250 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11251 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11252 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11253 bp_locations
.clear ();
11255 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11256 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11257 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11259 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11260 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11261 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11262 depends on location type. */
11263 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11264 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11265 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11267 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11268 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11270 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11272 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11273 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11274 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11275 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11276 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11279 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11280 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11283 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11285 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11286 not, we have to free it. */
11287 int found_object
= 0;
11288 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11289 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11292 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11293 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11294 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11295 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11298 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11299 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11300 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11303 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11304 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11305 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11307 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11308 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11309 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11311 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11312 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11315 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11319 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11320 have to go through updates again. */
11321 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11323 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11327 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11328 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11329 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11330 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11331 at certain location is not inserted. */
11333 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11335 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11338 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11340 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11341 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11342 keep_in_target
= 1;
11346 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11347 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11348 remove its target-side condition. */
11350 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11351 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11352 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11353 this one from the target. */
11355 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11356 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11358 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11359 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11360 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11363 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11365 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11368 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11370 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11371 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11372 supported, but the latter are. */
11373 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11375 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11376 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11379 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11380 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11382 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11384 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11385 keep_in_target
= 1;
11393 if (!keep_in_target
)
11395 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11397 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11398 this location on the global list, and try to
11399 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11400 reason why we will succeed next time.
11402 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11403 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11404 only after calling us. */
11405 gdb_printf (_("warning: Error removing "
11406 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11407 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11415 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11416 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11418 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11419 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11420 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11421 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11422 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11423 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11424 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11425 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11426 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11427 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11428 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11429 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11430 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11431 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11434 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11435 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11437 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11438 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11439 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11440 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11441 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11442 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11443 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11444 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11445 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11446 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11447 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11448 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11449 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11452 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11453 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11454 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11455 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11457 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11458 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11459 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11460 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11461 traps we can no longer explain. */
11463 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11464 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11465 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11467 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11470 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11471 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11472 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11474 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11475 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11477 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11481 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11482 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11487 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11488 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11489 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11490 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11491 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11492 are sorted first for the same address.
11494 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11495 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11497 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11498 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11499 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11500 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11502 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
11504 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11506 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11507 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
11509 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11510 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11511 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11512 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11513 `struct bp_location'. */
11514 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11516 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11517 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11521 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11522 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11523 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11524 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11525 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11526 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11528 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11530 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11531 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11532 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11534 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11535 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11537 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11539 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11540 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11541 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11547 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11548 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11549 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11551 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11552 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11554 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11555 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11558 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11560 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11561 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11564 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11565 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11566 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11567 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11568 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11570 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11574 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11575 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11579 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11581 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11583 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11584 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11586 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11587 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
11594 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11599 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
11601 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11606 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11609 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat
*bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11613 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11614 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11616 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11617 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11618 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11622 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11624 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11626 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
11628 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11632 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11636 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11638 struct value_print_options opts
;
11640 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11642 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11644 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
11646 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
11647 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
11648 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
11649 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
11651 gdb_printf (_(" (%s) pending."),
11652 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
11654 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
11656 gdb_printf (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
11657 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
11658 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11662 gdb_printf (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
11663 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
11664 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11669 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
11670 gdb_printf (" at %ps",
11671 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
11672 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11673 b
->loc
->address
)));
11674 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
11676 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11678 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
11680 const char *filename
11681 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
11682 gdb_printf (": file %ps, line %d.",
11683 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
11685 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11688 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11689 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11690 real situation somewhat. */
11691 gdb_printf (": %s.",
11692 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
11697 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11699 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11701 gdb_printf (" (%d locations)", n
);
11706 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11708 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations ()
11710 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
11713 static struct bp_location
*
11714 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
11716 return new bp_location (self
);
11720 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11722 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11725 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11726 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11729 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11731 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11735 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11736 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11738 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11742 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11743 const address_space
*aspace
,
11745 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11747 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11751 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11756 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11760 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11762 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11765 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11769 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11771 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11774 static enum print_stop_action
11775 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
11777 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11781 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
11782 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11788 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11790 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11794 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11796 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11800 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
11801 (struct event_location
*location
,
11802 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11803 enum bptype type_wanted
)
11805 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11809 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11810 struct linespec_result
*c
,
11811 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
11812 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
11813 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11814 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11816 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11817 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
11818 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11819 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
11821 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11824 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11825 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11826 struct event_location
*location
,
11827 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
11829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11832 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
11835 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11840 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
11843 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
11845 /* Nothing to do. */
11848 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
11850 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
11851 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
11852 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
11853 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
11854 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
11855 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
11856 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
11857 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
11858 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
11860 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
11861 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
11862 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
11863 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
11864 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
11865 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
11866 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
11867 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
11870 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11873 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11875 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11876 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
11878 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
11879 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11883 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
11887 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11889 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
11891 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
11892 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
11894 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11895 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11897 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11901 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11903 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11904 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11906 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
11910 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11911 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11912 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11914 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11915 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11918 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11922 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11923 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11924 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
11931 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11932 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11933 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11935 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
11936 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
11938 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
11939 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
11940 be set at the same address. */
11944 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
11948 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
11955 static enum print_stop_action
11956 bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
11958 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11959 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
11961 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11963 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
11965 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
11966 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11968 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11969 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
11970 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
11973 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
11974 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
11976 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11978 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
11979 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11980 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11983 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
11984 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
11986 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
11987 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
11989 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11993 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11995 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12000 case bp_breakpoint
:
12001 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12002 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12003 gdb_printf (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12005 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint"));
12006 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12007 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12008 gdb_printf (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12010 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12011 gdb_printf (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12014 gdb_printf (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12022 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12024 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12025 gdb_printf (fp
, "tbreak");
12026 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12027 gdb_printf (fp
, "break");
12028 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12029 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12030 gdb_printf (fp
, "thbreak");
12031 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12032 gdb_printf (fp
, "hbreak");
12034 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12035 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12037 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s",
12038 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12040 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12041 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12042 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12043 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12045 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12049 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12050 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12051 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12053 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12057 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12058 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12059 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12060 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12061 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12062 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12064 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12065 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12066 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12067 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12069 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12070 std::move (cond_string
),
12071 std::move (extra_string
),
12073 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12074 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12075 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12078 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12079 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12080 struct event_location
*location
,
12081 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12083 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12086 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12089 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12093 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12094 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12095 case bp_overlay_event
:
12096 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12097 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12098 case bp_exception_master
:
12099 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12102 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12103 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12104 case bp_shlib_event
:
12106 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12107 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12108 case bp_thread_event
:
12114 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12116 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12118 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12119 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12120 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12121 objects (among other things). */
12122 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12123 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12129 static enum print_stop_action
12130 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12132 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12134 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12138 case bp_shlib_event
:
12139 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12140 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12141 to shlib event" message.) */
12142 print_solib_event (0);
12145 case bp_thread_event
:
12146 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12147 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12148 gdb_printf (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12151 case bp_overlay_event
:
12152 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12153 gdb_printf (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12156 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12157 /* These should never be enabled. */
12158 gdb_printf (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12161 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12162 /* These should never be enabled. */
12163 gdb_printf (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12164 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12167 case bp_exception_master
:
12168 /* These should never be enabled. */
12169 gdb_printf (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12170 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12174 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12178 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12180 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12183 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12186 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12188 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12189 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12190 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12191 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12195 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12197 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12200 static enum print_stop_action
12201 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12203 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12207 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12209 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12212 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12214 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12215 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12217 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12219 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12222 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12225 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12228 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12230 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12234 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12236 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12243 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12244 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12246 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12247 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12249 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12253 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12254 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12255 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12257 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12259 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12261 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12262 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12265 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12266 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12267 struct event_location
*location
,
12268 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12270 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12272 error (_("probe not found"));
12276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12279 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12281 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12285 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12286 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12287 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
12289 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12295 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12296 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12298 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12299 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12301 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12303 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12304 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12305 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12310 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12312 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12317 case bp_tracepoint
:
12318 gdb_printf (_("Tracepoint"));
12319 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12321 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12322 gdb_printf (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12323 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12325 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12326 gdb_printf (_("Static tracepoint"));
12327 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12330 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12331 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12338 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12340 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12342 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12343 gdb_printf (fp
, "ftrace");
12344 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12345 gdb_printf (fp
, "strace");
12346 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12347 gdb_printf (fp
, "trace");
12349 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12350 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12352 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s",
12353 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12354 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12356 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12357 gdb_printf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12361 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12362 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12363 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12365 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12369 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12370 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12371 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12372 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12373 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12374 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12376 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12377 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12378 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12379 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12381 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12382 std::move (cond_string
),
12383 std::move (extra_string
),
12385 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12386 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12387 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12390 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12391 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12392 struct event_location
*location
,
12393 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12395 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12398 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12400 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12403 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12404 (struct event_location
*location
,
12405 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12406 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12408 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12409 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12412 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12413 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12414 struct event_location
*location
,
12415 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12417 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12418 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12421 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12424 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12426 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12428 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12429 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12431 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12432 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12433 3 - disconnect from target 1
12434 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12436 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12437 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12438 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12439 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12440 it all the time. */
12441 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12442 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12445 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12448 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12450 gdb_printf (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12451 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12452 tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12453 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12456 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12459 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12460 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12461 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12462 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12463 address are all handled. */
12466 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
12468 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12469 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12470 condition not be evaluated. */
12473 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12474 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12475 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12476 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12477 commands here throws. */
12478 counted_command_line cmds
= std::move (bs
->commands
);
12479 gdb_assert (cmds
!= nullptr);
12480 execute_control_commands (cmds
.get (), 0);
12483 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12487 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12488 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12489 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12491 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12492 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12494 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12495 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12497 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12498 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12499 canonical
->location
12500 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12503 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12504 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12508 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12509 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12510 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12511 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12512 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12513 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12515 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12516 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12517 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12518 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12520 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12522 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12523 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12524 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12525 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12526 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12527 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12529 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12531 event_location_up location
12532 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12534 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12535 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
12536 std::move (location
), NULL
,
12537 std::move (cond_string
),
12538 std::move (extra_string
),
12539 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12540 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12541 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12542 canonical
->special_display
);
12543 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12544 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12545 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12546 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12547 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12548 corresponds to this one */
12549 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12551 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12555 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12556 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12557 struct event_location
*location
,
12558 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12560 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12561 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12563 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12564 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12566 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12571 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12574 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12577 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12579 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12582 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12586 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12588 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12590 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12591 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12594 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12595 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12596 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12597 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12598 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12601 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12602 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12603 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12604 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12606 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12609 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12610 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12611 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12613 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12614 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12616 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12617 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12618 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12619 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12623 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12625 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12626 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12627 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12628 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12629 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12632 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12633 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12634 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12635 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12637 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
12639 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12640 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12642 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12643 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12645 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12649 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12651 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12652 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12653 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12654 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12655 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12656 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12657 commands won't work. */
12659 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12661 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12662 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12663 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12664 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12665 might be better design to have location completely
12666 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12667 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
12669 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12670 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12671 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12675 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12676 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12679 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12680 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12682 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12687 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12689 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12690 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12692 if (next
== related
)
12694 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12695 function (related
);
12697 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12698 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12703 function (related
);
12707 while (related
!= b
);
12711 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12717 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12719 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12720 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12721 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12722 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12723 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12725 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12729 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12731 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12732 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12733 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12734 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12737 map_breakpoint_numbers
12738 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
12740 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
12744 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
12745 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
12749 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12751 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12752 if ((pspace
== NULL
12753 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
12754 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
12755 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12760 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12761 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12762 Null names are ignored. */
12765 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12767 struct bp_location
*l
;
12768 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
12771 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12774 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
12776 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12780 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
12782 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12792 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12793 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12794 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12795 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12796 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12797 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12798 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12799 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12802 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12803 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12804 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12805 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12806 in the sources, and output a warning.
12808 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12809 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12810 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12811 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12812 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12815 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12816 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12817 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12818 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12819 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12820 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12821 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12822 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12823 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12825 static struct symtab_and_line
12826 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12828 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12829 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12834 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12836 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12838 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
12839 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12840 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
12841 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
12843 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
12848 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12850 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12852 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12853 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12855 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
12856 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
12857 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12859 if (!markers
.empty ())
12861 struct symbol
*sym
;
12862 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12863 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12864 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
12866 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
12868 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12870 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12871 "found at previous line number"),
12872 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12874 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12875 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12876 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
12879 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
12880 function_name_style
.style ());
12881 uiout
->text (" at ");
12883 uiout
->field_string ("file",
12884 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
12885 file_name_style
.style ());
12888 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12890 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
12892 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
12895 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
12896 uiout
->text ("\n");
12898 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
12899 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
12901 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
12902 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
12903 explicit_loc
.source_filename
12904 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
12905 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
12906 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
12907 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
12909 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12916 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12917 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12920 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
12924 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12927 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
12930 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
12933 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
12940 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
12946 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
12947 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
12948 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
12950 static struct bp_location
*
12951 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12953 struct bp_location head
;
12954 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
12955 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
12956 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
12958 if (pspace
== NULL
)
12969 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
12984 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
12985 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
12986 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
12987 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
12991 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12992 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
12993 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
12994 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
12996 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
12998 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13000 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13002 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13003 gdb_printf (gdb_stderr
,
13004 _("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13005 "multiple locations found\n"),
13010 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13011 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13012 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13013 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13014 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13015 individual locations. */
13016 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13019 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13021 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13023 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13025 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13027 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13029 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13031 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13035 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
13038 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13039 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13042 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13044 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13048 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13050 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13052 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13056 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13059 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13060 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13061 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13062 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13063 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13064 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13065 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13067 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13069 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13071 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13073 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13075 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13076 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13077 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13078 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13079 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13080 practice should give the correct answer often
13082 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13084 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13085 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13092 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13093 if (l
->function_name
13094 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
13095 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
13097 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13098 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13106 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13107 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13110 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13111 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13113 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13114 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13115 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13117 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13119 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13121 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13125 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13127 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13129 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13131 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13132 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13133 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13134 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13135 state, then user already saw the message about that
13136 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13138 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13139 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13141 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13142 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13143 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13144 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13145 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13146 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13148 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13150 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13151 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13152 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13153 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13154 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13155 which approach is better. */
13156 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13160 exception
= std::move (e
);
13163 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13165 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13166 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13167 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13169 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
, extra_string
;
13172 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
.get (),
13173 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13174 &task
, &extra_string
);
13175 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13177 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
13178 b
->thread
= thread
;
13181 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
13182 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13185 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13186 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13196 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13197 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13201 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13203 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13204 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13207 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13208 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13210 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13212 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13214 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13215 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13216 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13218 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13221 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13224 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13225 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13228 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13229 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13230 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13232 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13235 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13236 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13240 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13241 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13242 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13243 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13244 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13245 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13247 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13248 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13249 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13250 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13252 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13253 std::move (cond_string
),
13254 std::move (extra_string
),
13255 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13256 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13257 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13260 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13261 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13263 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13264 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13265 struct event_location
*location
,
13266 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13268 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13270 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13271 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13274 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13275 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13277 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13279 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13280 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13285 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13288 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13290 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13291 set_language (b
->language
);
13293 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13296 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13297 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13300 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13303 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13304 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13305 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13307 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13308 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13309 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13310 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13311 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13312 we select the current frame.
13314 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13315 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13316 have been reset. */
13317 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13318 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13320 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13321 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13322 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13323 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13325 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13329 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13331 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13333 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13334 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13339 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13342 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13343 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13344 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13345 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13347 /* Now we can insert. */
13348 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13351 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13353 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13354 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13356 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13358 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13360 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13362 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13363 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13364 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13366 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13370 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13371 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13372 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13375 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13380 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13381 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13383 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13385 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13386 gdb_printf (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13391 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13395 gdb_printf (_("Will stop next time "
13396 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13398 else if (count
== 1)
13399 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13402 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next %d "
13403 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13406 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13410 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13413 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13416 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13418 const char *p
= args
;
13422 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13424 num
= get_number (&p
);
13426 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13428 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13430 set_ignore_count (num
,
13431 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13438 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13439 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13442 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13443 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13445 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13447 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13448 bp_num_range
.first
);
13452 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13454 bool match
= false;
13456 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13457 if (b
->number
== i
)
13464 gdb_printf (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13469 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13473 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13474 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13476 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13477 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13479 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13481 while (!parser
.finished ())
13483 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13484 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13488 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13489 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13491 static struct bp_location
*
13492 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13494 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
13496 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13497 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13500 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13503 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13504 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13507 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13510 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13511 enum class extract_bp_kind
13513 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13516 /* Extracting a location number. */
13520 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13521 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13522 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13523 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13524 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13527 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13528 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13530 const char *end
= start
;
13531 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13533 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13534 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13535 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13536 int (end
- start
), start
);
13538 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13539 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13540 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13541 int (end
- start
), start
);
13543 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13548 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13549 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13550 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13551 are always positive integers. */
13553 static std::pair
<int, int>
13554 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
13555 const std::string
&arg
,
13556 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
13558 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
13559 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
13560 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
13561 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
13563 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
13564 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
13565 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13566 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
13567 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
13571 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
13572 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
13573 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
13574 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
13576 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
13577 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13578 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
13579 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
13580 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
13584 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
13585 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
13586 range
.second
= range
.first
;
13591 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
13592 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
13595 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
13597 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
13598 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
13599 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
13600 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
13601 location number range.
13605 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
13606 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
13607 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
13609 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
13611 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
13613 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
13615 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
13616 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
13619 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
13620 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
13622 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
13627 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
13629 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
13630 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
13631 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
13635 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
13636 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13639 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
13641 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
13644 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13645 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13646 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
13648 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13650 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13651 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13653 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13654 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13655 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13656 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13658 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13660 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13663 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
13664 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
13665 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
13666 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
13670 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
13671 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
13674 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
13675 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
13678 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13679 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13680 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13683 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13685 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13686 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13687 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13688 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13691 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13693 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13694 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13696 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13697 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13699 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13700 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13703 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13705 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13708 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
13709 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
13710 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
13711 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
13714 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
13718 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13719 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13722 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13724 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13729 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13731 while (!num
.empty ())
13733 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
13735 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
13737 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
13738 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
13740 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
13741 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
13743 ? enable_breakpoint
13744 : disable_breakpoint
);
13748 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
13750 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
13751 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
13753 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13758 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
13759 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
13760 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
13761 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13764 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13766 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
13770 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13773 int target_resources_ok
;
13775 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13778 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13779 target_resources_ok
=
13780 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13782 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13783 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13784 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13785 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13788 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13790 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13791 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13795 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13797 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13798 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13799 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
13801 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
13803 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13804 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13810 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13812 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13813 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13815 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13816 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13818 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13819 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13822 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13823 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13824 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13826 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13831 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13833 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13836 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
13837 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
13838 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
13839 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13842 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13844 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
13848 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13850 map_breakpoint_numbers
13851 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13853 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13854 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13856 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
13862 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13867 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
13869 count
= get_number (&args
);
13871 map_breakpoint_numbers
13872 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13874 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13875 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13877 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
13883 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13885 map_breakpoint_numbers
13886 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13888 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13889 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13891 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
13896 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13897 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13901 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
13902 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
13903 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13905 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
13906 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13907 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13909 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13911 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
13913 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13914 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13915 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13916 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13919 wp
->val_valid
= false;
13925 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13928 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13929 const address_space
*aspace
,
13932 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
13933 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
13934 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
13936 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
13938 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
13939 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
13942 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
13944 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
13945 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
13946 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
13948 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
13951 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
13954 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
13956 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
13957 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
13959 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
13961 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
13963 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
13964 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
13966 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
13967 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
13975 /* See breakpoint.h. */
13978 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
13979 const address_space
*aspace
,
13982 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13984 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
13990 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13994 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
13997 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13999 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14000 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14006 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14008 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14010 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14012 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14013 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14017 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14019 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14021 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14022 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14024 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14026 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14028 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14029 0 /* Ignore count */,
14030 pending_break_support
,
14034 0 /* internal */, 0);
14038 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14040 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14042 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14044 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14046 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14047 0 /* Ignore count */,
14048 pending_break_support
,
14049 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14052 0 /* internal */, 0);
14055 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14058 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14060 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14061 event_location_up location
;
14063 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14064 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14065 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14067 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14068 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14072 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14073 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14076 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14078 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14080 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14081 0 /* Ignore count */,
14082 pending_break_support
,
14086 0 /* internal */, 0);
14089 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14090 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14092 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14093 static int next_cmd
;
14096 read_uploaded_action (void)
14098 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14100 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14102 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14109 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14110 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14111 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14112 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14113 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14115 struct tracepoint
*
14116 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14118 const char *addr_str
;
14119 char small_buf
[100];
14120 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14122 if (utp
->at_string
)
14123 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14126 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14127 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14128 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14130 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14131 "source location, using raw address"),
14133 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14134 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14137 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14138 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14139 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14140 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14143 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14145 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14147 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14148 false /* force_condition */,
14149 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14151 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14152 0 /* Ignore count */,
14153 pending_break_support
,
14154 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14156 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14158 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14161 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14162 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14163 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14167 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14170 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14173 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14174 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14175 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14177 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14179 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14184 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14186 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14188 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14189 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14190 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14191 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14194 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14195 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14196 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14201 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14205 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14207 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14210 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14212 if (num_printed
== 0)
14214 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14215 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14217 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14220 default_collect_info ();
14223 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14224 Not supported by all targets. */
14226 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14228 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14231 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14232 Not supported by all targets. */
14234 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14236 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14239 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14241 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14247 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14249 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14250 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14251 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14253 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14254 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14256 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14260 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14262 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14264 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14265 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14266 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14270 map_breakpoint_numbers
14271 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14273 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14277 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14280 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14282 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14283 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14285 gdb_printf (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14286 tp
->number
, count
);
14289 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14291 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14292 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14293 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14296 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14298 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14301 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14302 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14303 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14305 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14307 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14308 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14310 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14312 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14314 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14316 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14317 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14320 else if (*args
== '\0')
14322 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14324 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14328 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14329 while (!parser
.finished ())
14331 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14333 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14338 struct tracepoint
*
14339 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14341 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14342 if (t
->number
== num
)
14343 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14348 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14349 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14352 struct tracepoint
*
14353 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14355 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14357 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14359 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14366 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14367 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14368 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14369 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14371 struct tracepoint
*
14372 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14373 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14376 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14378 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14380 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14381 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14383 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14384 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14386 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14390 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14391 gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14394 gdb_printf (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14398 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14399 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14400 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14402 gdb_printf ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14407 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14409 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14410 gdb_printf (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14413 gdb_printf (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14415 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
14418 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14419 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14420 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14424 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14425 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14428 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14430 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14431 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14433 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14434 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14436 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14437 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14440 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14441 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14446 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14448 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14450 /* We can stop searching. */
14457 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14461 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14465 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14466 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14467 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14469 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14470 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14472 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14474 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14475 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14478 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14479 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14482 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14484 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14485 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14488 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14489 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
14491 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14492 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14494 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14496 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14498 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
14501 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14503 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14505 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14509 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14510 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14513 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14514 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14516 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14517 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14518 special, and not user visible. */
14519 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14523 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
14526 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14533 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
14534 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
14537 gdb_printf (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
14540 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14543 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14545 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14548 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14551 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14553 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14557 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
14558 locations used by several commands. */
14560 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
14561 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
14562 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
14563 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14564 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
14565 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
14567 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
14568 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
14569 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
14571 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
14572 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
14573 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14574 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
14575 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
14577 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
14578 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
14579 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
14580 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
14581 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
14582 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
14584 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14585 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14586 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14589 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14590 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
14591 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
14592 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
14593 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
14594 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
14595 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
14596 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
14599 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14600 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14602 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14603 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14605 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
14606 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
14607 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
14608 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14609 conditions are different.\n\
14611 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14613 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14614 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14616 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14617 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14620 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
14621 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
14622 completer_ftype
*completer
,
14623 void *user_data_catch
,
14624 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14626 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14628 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14630 command
->func
= func
;
14631 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
14632 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14634 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14636 command
->func
= func
;
14637 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
14638 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14641 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14642 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14645 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14647 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14648 non-inline function. */
14649 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
14655 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14656 have been inlined. */
14659 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14660 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
14662 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
14664 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14667 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
14669 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14670 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14678 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
14681 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14683 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
14684 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile () == objfile
)
14685 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
14689 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14691 static int initialized
= 0;
14693 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14699 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14700 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14701 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14702 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14703 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14704 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14705 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
14706 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
14707 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
14708 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
14709 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14710 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
14712 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14713 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14714 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14715 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14716 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14717 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14718 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14719 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
14721 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14722 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
14723 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14724 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
14725 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
14726 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
14727 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
14728 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
14729 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
14730 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
14732 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14733 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
14734 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14735 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
14736 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
14737 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
14738 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
14740 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14741 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
14742 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14743 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
14744 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
14745 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
14746 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
14748 /* Probe breakpoints. */
14749 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14750 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14751 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
14752 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
14753 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
14754 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
14757 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14758 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14759 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
14760 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
14761 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
14762 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
14763 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
14764 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
14765 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
14766 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
14767 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
14768 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
14769 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
14771 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14772 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14773 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14774 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
14775 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
14776 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
14777 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
14778 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
14779 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
14780 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
14781 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
14784 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14785 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14786 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
14787 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
14788 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
14789 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
14790 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
14791 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
14792 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14793 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
14795 /* Probe tracepoints. */
14796 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14797 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14798 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
14799 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
14801 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14802 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14803 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14804 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
14805 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14806 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
14808 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14809 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
14810 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14811 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
14812 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
14813 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
14814 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
14815 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
14816 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
14817 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
14818 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
14820 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
14821 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14822 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
14823 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14824 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14825 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14826 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
14827 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
14828 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
14831 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
14833 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
14835 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14837 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
14839 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
14841 _initialize_breakpoint ()
14843 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
14845 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14847 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
14849 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
14851 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
14854 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
14855 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14856 before a breakpoint is set. */
14857 breakpoint_count
= 0;
14859 tracepoint_count
= 0;
14861 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
14862 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14863 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14865 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
14866 commands_command
, _("\
14867 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
14868 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14869 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
14871 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14872 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14873 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14874 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14875 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14877 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
14878 static std::string condition_command_help
14879 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14880 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14881 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
14882 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
14885 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
14887 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
14888 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
14889 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
14891 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
14892 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14893 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14894 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14895 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14897 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14898 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14900 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
14901 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14902 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14903 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14905 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14906 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14908 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
14909 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14910 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14911 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14913 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14914 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14916 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
14917 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14918 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14919 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14920 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14921 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14922 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14923 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14924 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14926 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14928 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14929 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14930 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14931 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14932 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14933 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
14934 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
14936 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14937 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14938 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14939 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14942 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14943 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14944 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14945 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14948 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14949 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14950 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14951 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14952 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14955 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14956 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14957 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14958 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14961 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14962 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14963 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14964 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14967 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14968 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14969 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14970 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14971 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14974 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
14975 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14976 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14977 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14978 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14979 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14980 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14981 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14982 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14983 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14985 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14986 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14987 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14988 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14989 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14990 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14991 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14994 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
14995 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14996 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
14997 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14998 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14999 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15001 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15002 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15003 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15004 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15006 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15007 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15008 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15009 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15010 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15011 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15014 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
15015 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15016 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15017 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15019 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15020 is executing in.\n"
15021 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15022 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15023 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15025 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
15026 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15027 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15028 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15029 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
15031 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15032 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15033 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15034 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15036 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
15037 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15038 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15039 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15040 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15041 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15042 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15043 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15044 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15045 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15047 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15048 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15049 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15050 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15051 breakpoint set."));
15053 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
15055 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15056 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15057 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15058 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15059 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15060 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15061 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15062 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15063 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15064 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15065 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15066 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15067 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15069 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15070 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15071 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15072 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15074 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15076 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15077 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15079 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15081 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15082 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15084 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15086 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15087 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15088 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15089 catch_load_command_1
,
15093 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15094 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15095 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15096 catch_unload_command_1
,
15101 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15103 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15104 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15105 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15110 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15111 an expression changes."), opts
);
15112 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15113 watch_help
.c_str ());
15114 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15116 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15117 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15118 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15123 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15124 an expression is read."), opts
);
15125 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15126 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15127 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15129 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15130 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15131 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15136 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15137 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15138 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15139 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15140 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15142 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15143 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15145 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15146 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15147 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15148 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15149 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15150 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15151 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15152 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15153 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15156 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15157 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15159 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15161 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15163 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
15164 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15165 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15167 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15168 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15169 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
15171 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
15172 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15173 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15174 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15176 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15177 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15179 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15180 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15181 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15183 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15184 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15186 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15187 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15188 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15189 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15190 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15191 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15192 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15193 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15194 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15196 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15197 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15198 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15199 conditions are different.\n\
15201 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15202 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15203 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15205 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
15206 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15207 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15208 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15209 last tracepoint set."));
15211 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
15213 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
15214 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15215 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15216 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15217 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15219 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15221 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15222 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15223 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15224 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15226 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15228 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15229 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15230 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15231 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15233 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15235 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15236 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15237 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15238 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15239 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15241 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15242 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15244 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15246 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15247 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15248 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15249 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15250 session to restore them."),
15252 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15254 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
15255 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15256 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15257 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15259 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
15261 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
15262 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15264 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
15266 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15267 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15268 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15270 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15271 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15272 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15273 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
15274 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15276 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15277 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15278 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15279 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15280 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15281 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15282 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15283 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15285 show_pending_break_support
,
15286 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15287 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15289 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15291 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15292 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15293 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15294 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15295 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15296 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15297 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15299 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15300 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15301 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15303 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15304 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15305 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15306 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15307 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15308 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15309 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15310 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15311 when execution stops."),
15313 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15314 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15315 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15317 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15318 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15319 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15320 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15321 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15322 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15323 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15324 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15325 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15326 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15327 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15328 be set to \"host\"."),
15329 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15330 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15331 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15332 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15334 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15335 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15336 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15337 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15338 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15339 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15340 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15341 or the start of the range\n\
15342 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15343 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15344 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15346 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15347 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15348 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15350 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15351 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15352 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15353 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15354 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15355 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15357 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15358 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15359 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15360 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15361 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15362 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15363 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15364 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15365 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15366 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15367 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15368 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15370 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15371 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15372 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15373 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15374 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15375 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15377 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15378 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15379 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15380 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15381 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15382 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15384 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15385 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15386 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15387 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15388 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15389 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15392 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15394 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15395 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
15396 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
15397 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
15398 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15400 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
15402 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
15404 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,